blob: 68620dc346bdceb11c570b5b1cd316baeb7c5c3a [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000022#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000023#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000028#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000030#include "RecordLayoutBuilder.h"
31
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
34enum FloatingRank {
35 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
36};
37
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +000038ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +000039 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000040 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000041 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000042 bool FreeMem, unsigned size_reserve) :
43 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +000044 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +000045 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
Douglas Gregorc6fbbed2010-03-19 22:13:20 +000046 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), FreeMemory(FreeMem), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +000047 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
John McCall0c01d182010-03-24 05:22:00 +000048 BuiltinInfo(builtins), ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
49 LastSDM(0, 0) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000050 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
51 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +000052 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000053 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000054 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +000055 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000056}
57
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000058ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +000059 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
60 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
61 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +000062
63 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
64 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
65 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
66 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
67 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +000068
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000069 if (FreeMemory) {
70 // Deallocate all the types.
71 while (!Types.empty()) {
72 Types.back()->Destroy(*this);
73 Types.pop_back();
74 }
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +000075
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000076 for (llvm::FoldingSet<ExtQuals>::iterator
77 I = ExtQualNodes.begin(), E = ExtQualNodes.end(); I != E; ) {
78 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +000079 Deallocate(&*I++);
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000080 }
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000081
Ted Kremenek503524a2010-03-08 20:56:29 +000082 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
83 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
84 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
85 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
86 R->Destroy(*this);
87 }
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000088
Ted Kremenek503524a2010-03-08 20:56:29 +000089 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
90 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
91 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
92 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
93 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
94 R->Destroy(*this);
95 }
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000096 }
97
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000098 // Destroy nested-name-specifiers.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000099 for (llvm::FoldingSet<NestedNameSpecifier>::iterator
100 NNS = NestedNameSpecifiers.begin(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000101 NNSEnd = NestedNameSpecifiers.end();
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +0000102 NNS != NNSEnd; ) {
103 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +0000104 (*NNS++).Destroy(*this);
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +0000105 }
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000106
107 if (GlobalNestedNameSpecifier)
108 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier->Destroy(*this);
109
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +0000110 TUDecl->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000111}
112
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000113void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000114ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
115 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
116}
117
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000118void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
119 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
120 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000121
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000122 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000123#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000124#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
125#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
126 0 // Extra
127 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000128
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000129 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
130 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000131 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000132 }
133
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000134 unsigned Idx = 0;
135 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
136#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
137 if (counts[Idx]) \
138 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
139 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
140 ++Idx;
141#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
142#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000143
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000144 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000145
146 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
147 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
148 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
149 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000150}
151
152
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000153void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000154 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000155 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000156 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000157}
158
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000159void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
160 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000161
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000162 // C99 6.2.5p19.
163 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000164
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000165 // C99 6.2.5p2.
166 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
167 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000168 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000169 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
170 else
171 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
172 // C99 6.2.5p4.
173 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
174 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
175 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
176 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
177 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000178
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000179 // C99 6.2.5p6.
180 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
181 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
182 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
183 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
184 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000185
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000186 // C99 6.2.5p10.
187 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
188 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
189 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000190
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000191 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
192 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
193 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
194
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000195 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
196 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
197 else // C99
198 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000199
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000200 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
201 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
202 else // C99
203 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
204
205 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
206 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
207 else // C99
208 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
209
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000210 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000211 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
212
213 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
214 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
215 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
216 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
217 // expressions.
218 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000219
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000220 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000221 // not yet been deduced.
222 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000223
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000224 // C99 6.2.5p11.
225 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
226 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
227 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000228
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000229 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000230
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000231 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
232 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
233 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000234 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000235
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000236 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000237 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
238 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000239 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000240
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000241 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000242
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000243 // void * type
244 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000245
246 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
247 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000248}
249
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000250MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000251ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000252 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000253 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000254 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
255 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
256 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000257
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000258 return Pos->second;
259}
260
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000261void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000262ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
263 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000264 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
265 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
266 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
267 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000268 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
269 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000270}
271
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000272NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000273ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000274 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000275 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
276 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000277 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000279 return Pos->second;
280}
281
282void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000283ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
284 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
285 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
286 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
287 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
288 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
289 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
290}
291
292UsingShadowDecl *
293ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
294 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
295 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
296 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
297 return 0;
298
299 return Pos->second;
300}
301
302void
303ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
304 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
305 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
306 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000307}
308
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000309FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
310 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
311 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
312 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
313 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000315 return Pos->second;
316}
317
318void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
319 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
320 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
321 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
322 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
323 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000324
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000325 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
326}
327
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000328CXXMethodVector::iterator CXXMethodVector::begin() const {
329 if ((Storage & 0x01) == 0)
330 return reinterpret_cast<iterator>(&Storage);
331
332 vector_type *Vec = reinterpret_cast<vector_type *>(Storage & ~0x01);
333 return &Vec->front();
334}
335
336CXXMethodVector::iterator CXXMethodVector::end() const {
337 if ((Storage & 0x01) == 0) {
338 if (Storage == 0)
339 return reinterpret_cast<iterator>(&Storage);
340
341 return reinterpret_cast<iterator>(&Storage) + 1;
342 }
343
344 vector_type *Vec = reinterpret_cast<vector_type *>(Storage & ~0x01);
345 return &Vec->front() + Vec->size();
346}
347
348void CXXMethodVector::push_back(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
349 if (Storage == 0) {
350 // 0 -> 1 element.
351 Storage = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Method);
352 return;
353 }
354
355 vector_type *Vec;
356 if ((Storage & 0x01) == 0) {
357 // 1 -> 2 elements. Allocate a new vector and push the element into that
358 // vector.
359 Vec = new vector_type;
360 Vec->push_back(reinterpret_cast<const CXXMethodDecl *>(Storage));
361 Storage = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Vec) | 0x01;
362 } else
363 Vec = reinterpret_cast<vector_type *>(Storage & ~0x01);
364
365 // Add the new method to the vector.
366 Vec->push_back(Method);
367}
368
369void CXXMethodVector::Destroy() {
370 if (Storage & 0x01)
371 delete reinterpret_cast<vector_type *>(Storage & ~0x01);
372
373 Storage = 0;
374}
375
376
377ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
378ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
379 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
380 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
381 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
382 return 0;
383
384 return Pos->second.begin();
385}
386
387ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
388ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
389 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
390 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
391 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
392 return 0;
393
394 return Pos->second.end();
395}
396
397void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
398 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
399 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
400}
401
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000402namespace {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000403 class BeforeInTranslationUnit
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000404 : std::binary_function<SourceRange, SourceRange, bool> {
405 SourceManager *SourceMgr;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000406
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000407 public:
408 explicit BeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceManager *SM) : SourceMgr(SM) { }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000410 bool operator()(SourceRange X, SourceRange Y) {
411 return SourceMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(X.getBegin(), Y.getBegin());
412 }
413 };
414}
415
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000416//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
417// Type Sizing and Analysis
418//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000419
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000420/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
421/// scalar floating point type.
422const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000423 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000424 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
425 switch (BT->getKind()) {
426 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
427 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
428 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
429 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
430 }
431}
432
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000433/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000434/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
435/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000436/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
437/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000438CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000439 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
440
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000441 if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>())
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000442 Align = std::max(Align, AA->getMaxAlignment());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000443
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000444 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
445 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000446 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000447 if (RefAsPointee)
448 T = RT->getPointeeType();
449 else
450 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
451 }
452 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000453 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000454 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
455 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
456
457 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
458 }
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000459 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
460 // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum
461 // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct.
462 Align = std::min(Align,
463 getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
464 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000465 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000466
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000467 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000468}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000469
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000470/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
471/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000472///
473/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
474/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
475/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000476std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000477ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000478 uint64_t Width=0;
479 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000480 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000481#define TYPE(Class, Base)
482#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000483#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000484#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
485#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000486 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000487 break;
488
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000489 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
490 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000491 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
492 Width = 0;
493 Align = 32;
494 break;
495
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000496 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000497 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000498 Width = 0;
499 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
500 break;
501
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000502 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000503 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000504
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000505 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000506 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000507 Align = EltInfo.second;
508 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000509 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000510 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000511 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000512 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
513 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
514 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000515 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000516 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
517 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000518 if (VT->getNumElements() & (VT->getNumElements()-1)) {
519 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
520 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
521 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000522 break;
523 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000524
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000525 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000526 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000527 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000528 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000529 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
530 Width = 0;
531 Align = 8;
532 break;
533
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000534 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000535 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
536 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000537 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000538 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
539 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
540 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000541 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000542 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
543 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000544 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000545 case BuiltinType::WChar:
546 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
547 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
548 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000549 case BuiltinType::Char16:
550 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
551 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
552 break;
553 case BuiltinType::Char32:
554 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
555 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
556 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000557 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000558 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000559 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
560 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000561 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000562 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000563 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000564 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
565 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000566 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000567 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000568 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000569 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
570 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000571 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000572 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000573 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000574 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
575 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000576 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000577 case BuiltinType::Int128:
578 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
579 Width = 128;
580 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
581 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000582 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000583 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
584 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000585 break;
586 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000587 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
588 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000589 break;
590 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000591 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
592 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000593 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000594 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
595 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
596 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000597 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000598 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000599 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000600 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000601 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000602 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000603 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000604 case Type::BlockPointer: {
605 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
606 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
607 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
608 break;
609 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000610 case Type::LValueReference:
611 case Type::RValueReference: {
612 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
613 // the pointer route.
614 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
615 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
616 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
617 break;
618 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000619 case Type::Pointer: {
620 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000621 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000622 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
623 break;
624 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000625 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000626 QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000627 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000628 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
629 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000630 if (Pointee->isFunctionType())
631 Width *= 2;
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000632 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
633 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000634 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000635 case Type::Complex: {
636 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
637 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000638 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000639 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000640 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000641 Align = EltInfo.second;
642 break;
643 }
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000644 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000645 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000646 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
647 Width = Layout.getSize();
648 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
649 break;
650 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000651 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000652 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000653 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
654
655 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000656 Width = 1;
657 Align = 1;
658 break;
659 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000660
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000661 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000662 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
663
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000664 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000665 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
666 Width = Layout.getSize();
667 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000668 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000669 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000670
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000671 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000672 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
673 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000674
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000675 case Type::Elaborated:
676 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()
677 .getTypePtr());
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +0000678
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000679 case Type::Typedef: {
680 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000681 if (const AlignedAttr *Aligned = Typedef->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) {
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000682 Align = std::max(Aligned->getMaxAlignment(),
683 getTypeAlign(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000684 Width = getTypeSize(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
685 } else
686 return getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000687 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000688 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000689
690 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
691 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
692 .getTypePtr());
693
694 case Type::TypeOf:
695 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
696
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000697 case Type::Decltype:
698 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
699 .getTypePtr());
700
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000701 case Type::QualifiedName:
702 return getTypeInfo(cast<QualifiedNameType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000703
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +0000704 case Type::InjectedClassName:
705 return getTypeInfo(cast<InjectedClassNameType>(T)
706 ->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
707
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000708 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000709 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000710 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
711 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
712 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
713 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
714 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
715 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000716
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000717 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000718 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000719}
720
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000721/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
722/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
723CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000724 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000725}
726CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000727 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000728}
729
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000730/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000731/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
732CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
733 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
734}
735CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
736 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
737}
738
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000739/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
740/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
741/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
742/// a data type.
743unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
744 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000745
746 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000747 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000748 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
749 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
750 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
751 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
752
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000753 return ABIAlign;
754}
755
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000756static void CollectLocalObjCIvars(ASTContext *Ctx,
757 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
758 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000759 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
760 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +0000761 ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = *I;
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000762 if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl())
763 Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl));
764 }
765}
766
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000767void ASTContext::CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
768 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
769 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
770 CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields);
771 CollectLocalObjCIvars(this, OI, Fields);
772}
773
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000774/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
775/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
776///
777void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000778 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000779 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
780 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
781 Ivars.push_back(*I);
782 }
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000783
784 CollectNonClassIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000785}
786
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000787/// CollectNonClassIvars -
788/// This routine collects all other ivars which are not declared in the class.
Ted Kremenek7d2aa112010-03-11 19:44:54 +0000789/// This includes synthesized ivars (via @synthesize) and those in
790// class's @implementation.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000791///
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000792void ASTContext::CollectNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000793 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian0e5ad252010-02-23 01:26:30 +0000794 // Find ivars declared in class extension.
795 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getClassExtension()) {
796 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::ivar_iterator I = CDecl->ivar_begin(),
797 E = CDecl->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
798 Ivars.push_back(*I);
799 }
800 }
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000801
Ted Kremenek7d2aa112010-03-11 19:44:54 +0000802 // Also add any ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
803 // includes synthesized ivars.
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000804 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) {
805 for (ObjCImplementationDecl::ivar_iterator I = ImplDecl->ivar_begin(),
806 E = ImplDecl->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
807 Ivars.push_back(*I);
808 }
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000809}
810
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000811/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
812/// those inherited by it.
813void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000814 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000815 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
816 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
817 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
818 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000819 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000820 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000821 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
822 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000823 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
824 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000825 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000826
827 // Categories of this Interface.
828 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
829 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
830 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
831 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
832 while (SD) {
833 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
834 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
835 }
836 return;
837 }
838 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
839 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
840 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
841 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000842 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000843 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
844 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
845 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
846 }
847 return;
848 }
849 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
850 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
851 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
852 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000853 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000854 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
855 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
856 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
857 }
858 return;
859 }
860}
861
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000862unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
863 unsigned count = 0;
864 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
865 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getClassExtension()) {
866 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::ivar_iterator I = CDecl->ivar_begin(),
867 E = CDecl->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000868 ++count;
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000869 }
870 }
871
872 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
873 // includes synthesized ivars.
874 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
875 for (ObjCImplementationDecl::ivar_iterator I = ImplDecl->ivar_begin(),
876 E = ImplDecl->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000877 ++count;
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000878 return count;
879}
880
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000881/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
882ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
883 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
884 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
885 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
886 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
887 return 0;
888}
889/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
890ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
891 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
892 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
893 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
894 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
895 return 0;
896}
897
898/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
899void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
900 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
901 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
902 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
903}
904/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
905void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
906 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
907 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
908 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
909}
910
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000911/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000912///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000913/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000914/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
915///
916/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
917/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
918/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000919TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +0000920 unsigned DataSize) {
921 if (!DataSize)
922 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
923 else
924 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000925 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +0000926
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000927 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
928 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
929 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
930 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000931}
932
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000933TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +0000934 SourceLocation L) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000935 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +0000936 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
937 return DI;
938}
939
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +0000940/// getInterfaceLayoutImpl - Get or compute information about the
941/// layout of the given interface.
942///
943/// \param Impl - If given, also include the layout of the interface's
944/// implementation. This may differ by including synthesized ivars.
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000945const ASTRecordLayout &
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +0000946ASTContext::getObjCLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D,
947 const ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl) {
Daniel Dunbar532d4da2009-05-03 13:15:50 +0000948 assert(!D->isForwardDecl() && "Invalid interface decl!");
949
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000950 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000951 ObjCContainerDecl *Key =
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +0000952 Impl ? (ObjCContainerDecl*) Impl : (ObjCContainerDecl*) D;
953 if (const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ObjCLayouts[Key])
954 return *Entry;
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000955
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +0000956 // Add in synthesized ivar count if laying out an implementation.
957 if (Impl) {
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000958 unsigned SynthCount = CountNonClassIvars(D);
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +0000959 // If there aren't any sythesized ivars then reuse the interface
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +0000960 // entry. Note we can't cache this because we simply free all
961 // entries later; however we shouldn't look up implementations
962 // frequently.
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000963 if (SynthCount == 0)
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +0000964 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
965 }
966
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000967 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +0000968 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D, Impl);
969 ObjCLayouts[Key] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000970
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000971 return *NewEntry;
972}
973
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +0000974const ASTRecordLayout &
975ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
976 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
977}
978
979const ASTRecordLayout &
980ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
981 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
982}
983
Devang Patel88a981b2007-11-01 19:11:01 +0000984/// getASTRecordLayout - Get or compute information about the layout of the
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000985/// specified record (struct/union/class), which indicates its size and field
986/// position information.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000987const ASTRecordLayout &ASTContext::getASTRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *D) {
Douglas Gregor952b0172010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000988 D = D->getDefinition();
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +0000989 assert(D && "Cannot get layout of forward declarations!");
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000990
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000991 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +0000992 // Note that we can't save a reference to the entry because this function
993 // is recursive.
994 const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ASTRecordLayouts[D];
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000995 if (Entry) return *Entry;
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000996
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000997 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +0000998 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D);
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +0000999 ASTRecordLayouts[D] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001000
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001001 return *NewEntry;
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001002}
1003
Anders Carlssonf53df232009-12-07 04:35:11 +00001004const CXXMethodDecl *ASTContext::getKeyFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
Douglas Gregor952b0172010-02-11 01:04:33 +00001005 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDefinition());
Anders Carlssonf53df232009-12-07 04:35:11 +00001006 assert(RD && "Cannot get key function for forward declarations!");
1007
1008 const CXXMethodDecl *&Entry = KeyFunctions[RD];
1009 if (!Entry)
1010 Entry = ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD);
1011 else
1012 assert(Entry == ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD) &&
1013 "Key function changed!");
1014
1015 return Entry;
1016}
1017
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001018//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1019// Type creation/memoization methods
1020//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1021
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001022QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1023 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1024 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1025
1026 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1027 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1028 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1029 void *InsertPos = 0;
1030 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1031 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1032 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1033 return T;
1034 }
1035
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001036 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001037 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1038 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1039 return T;
1040}
1041
1042QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1043 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1044 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1045
1046 QualifierCollector Quals;
1047 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1048 Quals.addVolatile();
1049
1050 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1051}
1052
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001053QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001054 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1055 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001056 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001057
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001058 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1059 // into one ExtQuals node.
1060 QualifierCollector Quals;
1061 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001062
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001063 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1064 // another one.
1065 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1066 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1067 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001068
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001069 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001070}
1071
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001072QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001073 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001074 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001075 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001076 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001077
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001078 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001079 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001080 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001081 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1082 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1083 }
1084 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001085
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001086 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1087 // into one ExtQuals node.
1088 QualifierCollector Quals;
1089 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001090
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001091 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1092 // another one.
1093 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1094 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1095 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001096
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001097 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001098}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001099
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001100static QualType getExtFunctionType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
1101 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001102 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001103 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1104 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001105 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001106 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1107 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001108
1109 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001110 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1111 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1112 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001113 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001114 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1115 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001116
1117 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
1118 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001119 if (F->getExtInfo() == Info)
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001120 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001121
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001122 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001123 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001124 Info);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001125 } else {
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001126 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001127 ResultType
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001128 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1129 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1130 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1131 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1132 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1133 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1134 FPT->exception_begin(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001135 Info);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001136 }
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001137 } else
1138 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001139
1140 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1141}
1142
1143QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001144 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001145 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1146 Info.withNoReturn(AddNoReturn));
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001147}
1148
1149QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001150 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001151 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1152 Info.withCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001153}
1154
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001155QualType ASTContext::getRegParmType(QualType T, unsigned RegParm) {
1156 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
1157 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1158 Info.withRegParm(RegParm));
1159}
1160
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001161/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1162/// number with the specified element type.
1163QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1164 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1165 // structure.
1166 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1167 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001168
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001169 void *InsertPos = 0;
1170 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1171 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001172
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001173 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1174 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1175 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001176 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001177 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001178
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001179 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1180 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001181 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001182 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001183 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001184 Types.push_back(New);
1185 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1186 return QualType(New, 0);
1187}
1188
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001189/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1190/// the specified type.
1191QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1192 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1193 // structure.
1194 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1195 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001196
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001197 void *InsertPos = 0;
1198 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1199 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001200
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001201 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1202 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1203 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001204 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001205 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001206
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001207 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1208 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001209 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001210 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001211 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001212 Types.push_back(New);
1213 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1214 return QualType(New, 0);
1215}
1216
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001217/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001218/// a pointer to the specified block.
1219QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001220 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1221 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001222 // structure.
1223 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1224 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001225
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001226 void *InsertPos = 0;
1227 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1228 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1229 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001230
1231 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001232 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1233 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001234 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001235 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001236
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001237 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1238 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1239 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001240 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001241 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001242 BlockPointerType *New
1243 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001244 Types.push_back(New);
1245 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1246 return QualType(New, 0);
1247}
1248
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001249/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1250/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001251QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001252 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1253 // structure.
1254 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001255 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001256
1257 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001258 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1259 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001260 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001261
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001262 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1263
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001264 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1265 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1266 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001267 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1268 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1269 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001270
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001271 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001272 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1273 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001274 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001275 }
1276
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001277 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001278 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1279 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001280 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001281 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001282
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001283 return QualType(New, 0);
1284}
1285
1286/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1287/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1288QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1289 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1290 // structure.
1291 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001292 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001293
1294 void *InsertPos = 0;
1295 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1296 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1297 return QualType(RT, 0);
1298
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001299 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1300
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001301 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1302 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1303 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001304 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1305 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1306 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001307
1308 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1309 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1310 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1311 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1312 }
1313
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001314 RValueReferenceType *New
1315 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001316 Types.push_back(New);
1317 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001318 return QualType(New, 0);
1319}
1320
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001321/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1322/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001323QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001324 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1325 // structure.
1326 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1327 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1328
1329 void *InsertPos = 0;
1330 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1331 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1332 return QualType(PT, 0);
1333
1334 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1335 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1336 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001337 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001338 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1339
1340 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1341 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1342 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1343 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1344 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001345 MemberPointerType *New
1346 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001347 Types.push_back(New);
1348 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1349 return QualType(New, 0);
1350}
1351
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001352/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001353/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001354QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001355 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001356 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1357 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001358 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1359 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001360 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1361
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001362 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1363 // the target.
1364 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1365 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001366
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001367 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001368 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001369
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001370 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001371 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001372 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001373 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001374
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001375 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1376 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1377 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001378 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001379 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001380 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001381 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001382 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001383 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001384 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001385 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001386
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001387 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1388 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001389 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001390 Types.push_back(New);
1391 return QualType(New, 0);
1392}
1393
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001394/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1395/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001396QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1397 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001398 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001399 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1400 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001401 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1402 // that have an expression provided for their size.
1403
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001404 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1405 VariableArrayType(EltTy, QualType(), NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001406
1407 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1408 Types.push_back(New);
1409 return QualType(New, 0);
1410}
1411
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001412/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1413/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001414/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001415QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1416 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001417 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001418 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1419 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001420 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1421 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001422 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1423
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001424 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001425 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001426 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001427
1428 if (NumElts) {
1429 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1430 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1431 // initializer.
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001432 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
1433 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1434
1435 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1436 }
1437
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001438 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1439 if (Canon) {
1440 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1441 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001442 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1443 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1444 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001445 } else {
1446 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1447 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001448 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1449 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1450 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001451
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001452 if (NumElts) {
1453 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1454 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1455 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1456 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001457 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001458 }
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001459 } else {
1460 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1461 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1462 SourceRange());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001463 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1464 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1465 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001466 }
1467 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001468
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001469 Types.push_back(New);
1470 return QualType(New, 0);
1471}
1472
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001473QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1474 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1475 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1476 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001477 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001478
1479 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001480 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001481 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1482 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1483
1484 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1485 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1486 QualType Canonical;
1487
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001488 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001489 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001490 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001491
1492 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1493 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1494 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001495 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001496 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001497
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001498 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1499 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001500
1501 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1502 Types.push_back(New);
1503 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001504}
1505
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001506/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1507/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001508QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
1509 bool IsAltiVec, bool IsPixel) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001510 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001511
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001512 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001513 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001514
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001515 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1516 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001517 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector,
1518 IsAltiVec, IsPixel);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001519 void *InsertPos = 0;
1520 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1521 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1522
1523 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1524 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1525 QualType Canonical;
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001526 if (!vecType.isCanonical() || IsAltiVec || IsPixel) {
1527 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType),
1528 NumElts, false, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001529
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001530 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1531 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001532 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001533 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001534 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001535 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, IsAltiVec, IsPixel);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001536 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1537 Types.push_back(New);
1538 return QualType(New, 0);
1539}
1540
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001541/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001542/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001543QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001544 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001545
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001546 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001547 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001548
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001549 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1550 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001551 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, false, false);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001552 void *InsertPos = 0;
1553 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1554 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1555
1556 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1557 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1558 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001559 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001560 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001561
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001562 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1563 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001564 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001565 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001566 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1567 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001568 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1569 Types.push_back(New);
1570 return QualType(New, 0);
1571}
1572
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001573QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001574 Expr *SizeExpr,
1575 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001576 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001577 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001578 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001579
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001580 void *InsertPos = 0;
1581 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1582 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1583 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1584 if (Canon) {
1585 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1586 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001587 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1588 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1589 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001590 } else {
1591 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1592 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001593 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1594 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1595 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001596
1597 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1598 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1599 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1600 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001601 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1602 } else {
1603 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1604 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001605 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1606 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001607 }
1608 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001609
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001610 Types.push_back(New);
1611 return QualType(New, 0);
1612}
1613
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001614/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001615///
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001616QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1617 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1618 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001619 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1620 // structure.
1621 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001622 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001623
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001624 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001625 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001626 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001627 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001628
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001629 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001630 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001631 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001632 Canonical =
1633 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1634 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001635
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001636 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001637 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1638 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001639 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001640 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001642 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001643 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001644 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001645 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001646 return QualType(New, 0);
1647}
1648
1649/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1650/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001651QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis971c4fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001652 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001653 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1654 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001655 const QualType *ExArray,
1656 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1657 const CallingConv CallConv= Info.getCC();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001658 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1659 // structure.
1660 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001661 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001662 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001663 NumExs, ExArray, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001664
1665 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001666 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001667 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001668 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001669
1670 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001671 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001672 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001673 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001674 isCanonical = false;
1675
1676 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001677 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001678 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001679 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001680 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1681 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1682 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001683 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001684
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001685 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001686 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor47259d92009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001687 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001688 false, 0, 0,
1689 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001690
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001691 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001692 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1693 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001694 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001695 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001696
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001697 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001698 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1699 // end of them.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001700 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001701 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1702 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001703 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001704 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001705 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001706 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001707 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001708 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001709 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1710}
1711
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001712#ifndef NDEBUG
1713static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1714 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1715 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1716 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1717 return true;
1718 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1719 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1720 return true;
1721 return false;
1722}
1723#endif
1724
1725/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1726/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1727QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
1728 QualType TST) {
1729 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1730 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1731 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1732 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl
1733 = cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())) {
1734 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1735 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1736 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1737 } else {
1738 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1739 InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST, TST->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
1740 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1741 }
1742 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1743}
1744
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001745/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1746/// specified type declaration.
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001747QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001748 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001749 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001750
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001751 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001752 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001753
1754 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCInterface
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001755 = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001756 return getObjCInterfaceType(ObjCInterface);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001757
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001758 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
1759 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
1760
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001761 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001762 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1763 "struct/union has previous declaration");
1764 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
1765 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001766 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001767 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1768 "enum has previous declaration");
1769 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001770 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001771 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1772 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001773 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001774 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001775
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001776 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001777 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001778}
1779
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001780/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1781/// specified typename decl.
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001782QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001783 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001784
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001785 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001786 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1787 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001788 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1789 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1790}
1791
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001792/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1793QualType
1794ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1795 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001796 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001797 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1798
1799 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1800 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1801 void *InsertPos = 0;
1802 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1803 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1804
1805 if (!SubstParm) {
1806 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1807 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1808 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1809 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1810 }
1811
1812 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1813}
1814
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001815/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001816/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001817/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001818QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001819 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001820 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1821 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001822 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001823 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001824 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001825 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1826
1827 if (TypeParm)
1828 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001829
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001830 if (Name) {
1831 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001832 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1833 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001834
1835 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1836 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1837 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1838 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001839 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001840 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1841 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001842
1843 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1844 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1845
1846 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1847}
1848
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001849TypeSourceInfo *
1850ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
1851 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1852 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
1853 QualType CanonType) {
1854 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
1855
1856 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
1857 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
1858 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
1859 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
1860 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
1861 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
1862 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
1863 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
1864 return DI;
1865}
1866
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001867QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001868ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001869 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001870 QualType Canon) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001871 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1872
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001873 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1874 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1875 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1876 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1877
1878 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, Canon);
1879}
1880
1881QualType
1882ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001883 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1884 unsigned NumArgs,
1885 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001886 if (!Canon.isNull())
1887 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
1888 else {
1889 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001890 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1891 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1892 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1893 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1894 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1895
1896 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1897 // exists.
1898 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001899 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001900 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001901
1902 void *InsertPos = 0;
1903 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1904 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001905
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001906 if (!Spec) {
1907 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001908 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001909 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001910 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001911 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001912 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001913 Canon);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001914 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001915 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001916 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001917
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001918 if (Canon.isNull())
1919 Canon = QualType(Spec, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001920 assert(Canon->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001921 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001922 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001923
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001924 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1925 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1926 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001927 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001928 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001929 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001930 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1931 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, Template, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001932 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001933
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001934 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001935 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001936}
1937
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001938QualType
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001939ASTContext::getQualifiedNameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001940 QualType NamedType) {
1941 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001942 QualifiedNameType::Profile(ID, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001943
1944 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001945 QualifiedNameType *T
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001946 = QualifiedNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1947 if (T)
1948 return QualType(T, 0);
1949
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001950 QualType Canon = NamedType;
1951 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
1952 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
1953 QualifiedNameType *CheckT
1954 = QualifiedNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1955 assert(!CheckT && "Qualified name canonical type broken");
1956 (void)CheckT;
1957 }
1958
1959 T = new (*this) QualifiedNameType(NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001960 Types.push_back(T);
1961 QualifiedNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
1962 return QualType(T, 0);
1963}
1964
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001965QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1966 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
1967 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
1968 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001969 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1970
1971 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1972 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001973 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
1974 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
1975 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
1976
1977 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
1978 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001979 }
1980
1981 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001982 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001983
1984 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00001985 DependentNameType *T
1986 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001987 if (T)
1988 return QualType(T, 0);
1989
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001990 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001991 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00001992 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001993 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001994}
1995
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001996QualType
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001997ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1998 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
1999 const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
2000 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002001 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2002
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002003 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002004 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, TemplateId);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002005
2006 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002007 DependentNameType *T
2008 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002009 if (T)
2010 return QualType(T, 0);
2011
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002012 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2013 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
2014 QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(QualType(TemplateId, 0));
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002015 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2016 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2017 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2018 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword ||
2019 CanonType != QualType(TemplateId, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002020 const TemplateSpecializationType *CanonTemplateId
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002021 = CanonType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002022 assert(CanonTemplateId &&
2023 "Canonical type must also be a template specialization type");
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002024 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, CanonTemplateId);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002025 }
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002026
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002027 DependentNameType *CheckT
2028 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002029 assert(!CheckT && "Typename canonical type is broken"); (void)CheckT;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002030 }
2031
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002032 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, TemplateId, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002033 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002034 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002035 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002036}
2037
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002038QualType
2039ASTContext::getElaboratedType(QualType UnderlyingType,
2040 ElaboratedType::TagKind Tag) {
2041 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2042 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, UnderlyingType, Tag);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002043
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002044 void *InsertPos = 0;
2045 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2046 if (T)
2047 return QualType(T, 0);
2048
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002049 QualType Canon = UnderlyingType;
2050 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2051 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
2052 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2053 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type is broken"); (void)CheckT;
2054 }
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002055
2056 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(UnderlyingType, Tag, Canon);
2057 Types.push_back(T);
2058 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2059 return QualType(T, 0);
2060}
2061
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002062/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2063/// alphabetically.
2064static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2065 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002066 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002067}
2068
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002069static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
2070 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2071 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2072
2073 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2074 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2075 return false;
2076 return true;
2077}
2078
2079static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002080 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2081 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002082
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002083 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2084 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2085
2086 // Remove duplicates.
2087 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2088 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2089}
2090
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002091/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2092/// the given interface decl and the conforming protocol list.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002093QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType InterfaceT,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002094 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Fariborz Jahaniana4228642010-03-05 22:42:55 +00002095 unsigned NumProtocols,
2096 unsigned Quals) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002097 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002098 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniana4228642010-03-05 22:42:55 +00002099 Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(Quals);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002100
2101 void *InsertPos = 0;
2102 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2103 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Fariborz Jahaniana4228642010-03-05 22:42:55 +00002104 return getQualifiedType(QualType(QT, 0), Qs);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002105
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002106 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2107 QualType Canonical;
2108 if (!InterfaceT.isCanonical() ||
2109 !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2110 if (!areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2111 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2112 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2113
2114 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2115 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2116
2117 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2118 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2119 } else {
2120 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2121 Protocols, NumProtocols);
2122 }
2123
2124 // Regenerate InsertPos.
2125 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2126 }
2127
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002128 // No match.
2129 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType)
2130 + NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2131 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2132 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical,
2133 InterfaceT,
2134 Protocols,
2135 NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002136
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002137 Types.push_back(QType);
2138 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
Fariborz Jahaniana4228642010-03-05 22:42:55 +00002139 return getQualifiedType(QualType(QType, 0), Qs);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002140}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002141
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002142/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2143/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2144QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002145 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002146 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002147 ObjCInterfaceType::Profile(ID, Decl, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002149 void *InsertPos = 0;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002150 if (ObjCInterfaceType *QT =
2151 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002152 return QualType(QT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002153
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002154 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2155 QualType Canonical;
2156 if (NumProtocols && !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2157 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2158 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2159
2160 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2161 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2162
2163 Canonical = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl, &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2164
2165 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2166 }
2167
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002168 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType)
2169 + NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2170 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2171 ObjCInterfaceType *QType = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Canonical,
2172 const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(Decl),
2173 Protocols,
2174 NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002175
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002176 Types.push_back(QType);
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002177 ObjCInterfaceTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002178 return QualType(QType, 0);
2179}
2180
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002181/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2182/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002183/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002184/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002185/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002186QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002187 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002188 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2189 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2190 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002191
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002192 void *InsertPos = 0;
2193 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2194 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2195 if (Canon) {
2196 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2197 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002198 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002199 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2200 }
2201 else {
2202 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002203 Canon
2204 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002205 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2206 toe = Canon;
2207 }
2208 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002209 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002210 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002211 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002212 Types.push_back(toe);
2213 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002214}
2215
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002216/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2217/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2218/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002219/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002220/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002221QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002222 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002223 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002224 Types.push_back(tot);
2225 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002226}
2227
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002228/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2229/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2230static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002231 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2232 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002233
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002234 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2235 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2236 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2237 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2238 return VD->getType();
2239 }
2240 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2241 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2242 return FD->getType();
2243 }
2244 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2245 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2246 // return type of that function.
2247 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2248 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002249
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002250 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002251
2252 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002253 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2254 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2255 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002256
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002257 return T;
2258}
2259
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002260/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2261/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2262/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002263/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002264/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2265QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002266 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002267 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2268 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2269 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002270
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002271 void *InsertPos = 0;
2272 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2273 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2274 if (Canon) {
2275 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2276 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002277 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002278 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2279 }
2280 else {
2281 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002282 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002283 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2284 dt = Canon;
2285 }
2286 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002287 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002288 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002289 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002290 Types.push_back(dt);
2291 return QualType(dt, 0);
2292}
2293
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002294/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2295/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002296QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002297 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002298 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2299 // away const? mutable?
2300 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002301}
2302
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2304/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2305/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002306CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002307 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002308}
2309
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002310/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2311/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2312QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2313 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2314 return WCharTy;
2315}
2316
2317/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2318/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2319QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2320 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2321 return UnsignedIntTy;
2322}
2323
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002324/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2325/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2326QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002327 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002328}
2329
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002330//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2331// Type Operators
2332//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2333
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002334CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2335 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2336 // qualifiers.
2337 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2338 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2339
2340 QualType Result;
2341 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2342 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2343 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2344 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2345 } else {
2346 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2347 }
2348
2349 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2350}
2351
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002352/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2353/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2354/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2355/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2356/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2357/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002358CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002359 QualifierCollector Quals;
2360 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2361 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002362
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002363 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2364 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2365
2366 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2367 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002368 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002369
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002370 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2371 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2372 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002373 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2374 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002375 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002376
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002377 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2378 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002379 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002380 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002381
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002382 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002383 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2384 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2385 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002386 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002387 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002388 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2389 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002390 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002392 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002393 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2394 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002395 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2396 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002397 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002398 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002399 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002400
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002401 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002402 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002403 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2404 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002405 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002406 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002407 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002408}
2409
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002410QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2411 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002412 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002413 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T)) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002414 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002415 }
2416
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002417 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(T);
2418 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xuc1ae0a82010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002419 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002420 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2421 return T;
2422
2423 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
2424 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2425 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2426 }
2427
2428 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(T)) {
2429 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2430 }
2431
2432 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(T);
2433 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain(),
2434 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2435 SourceRange());
2436}
2437
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002438DeclarationName ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2439 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
2440 return TD->getDeclName();
2441
2442 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
2443 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
2444 return DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2445 } else {
2446 return DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2447 }
2448 }
2449
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002450 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2451 assert(Storage);
2452 return (*Storage->begin())->getDeclName();
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002453}
2454
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002455TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
2456 // If this template name refers to a template, the canonical
2457 // template name merely stores the template itself.
2458 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002459 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002460
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002461 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002462
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002463 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2464 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2465 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2466}
2467
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002468bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2469 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2470 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2471 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2472}
2473
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002474TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002475ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2476 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2477 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2478 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002479
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002480 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002481 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002482
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002483 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002484 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002485
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002486 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2487 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2488
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002489 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002490 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002491 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002492
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002493 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002494 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002495
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002496 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2497 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2498 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2499 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002500 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002501 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2502 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2503 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002504
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002505 TemplateArgument Result;
2506 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2507 return Result;
2508 }
2509 }
2510
2511 // Silence GCC warning
2512 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2513 return TemplateArgument();
2514}
2515
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002516NestedNameSpecifier *
2517ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002518 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002519 return 0;
2520
2521 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2522 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2523 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002524 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002525 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2526 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2527
2528 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2529 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2530 // this namespace and no prefix.
2531 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2532
2533 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2534 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2535 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002536 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2537 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002538 T.getTypePtr());
2539 }
2540
2541 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2542 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2543 return NNS;
2544 }
2545
2546 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2547 return 0;
2548}
2549
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002550
2551const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2552 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002553 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002554 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2555 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2556 return AT;
2557 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002558
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002559 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002560 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002561 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002562 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002563
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002564 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002565 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2566 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002567
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002568 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2569 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002570 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002571
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002572 QualifierCollector Qs;
2573 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002574
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002575 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2576 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002577 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002578 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002579
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002580 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2581 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2582 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2583 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002584 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002585
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002586 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2587 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2588 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002589 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002590 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2591 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2592 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002593 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002594
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002595 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002596 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2597 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002598 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002599 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2600 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002601 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002602 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002603 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002604
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002605 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002606 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002607 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002608 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002609 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002610 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002611 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002612}
2613
2614
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002615/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2616/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2617/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2618/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2619///
2620/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2621QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002622 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2623 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2624 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2625 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2626 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2627 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002628
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002629 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002630
2631 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002632 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002633}
2634
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002635QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002636 QualifierCollector Qs;
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002637 while (true) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002638 const Type *UT = Qs.strip(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002639 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(UT,0))) {
2640 QT = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00002641 } else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002642 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002643 }
2644 }
2645}
2646
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002647QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2648 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002649
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002650 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2651 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002652
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002653 return ElemTy;
2654}
2655
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002656/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002657uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002658ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2659 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2660 do {
2661 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2662 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2663 } while (CA);
2664 return ElementCount;
2665}
2666
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002667/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2668/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002669static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002670 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002671 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002672
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002673 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2674 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002675 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002676 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2677 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2678 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2679 }
2680}
2681
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002682/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2683/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002684/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2685/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002686QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2687 QualType Domain) const {
2688 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2689 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2690 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002691 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002692 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2693 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2694 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2695 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002696 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002697
2698 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2699 switch (EltRank) {
2700 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2701 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2702 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2703 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002704 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002705}
2706
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002707/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2708/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2709/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002710/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002711int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2712 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2713 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002714
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002715 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002716 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002717 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002718 return 1;
2719 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002720}
2721
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002722/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2723/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2724/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002725unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002726 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002727 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002728 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002729
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002730 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2731 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2732
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002733 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2734 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2735
2736 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2737 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2738
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002739 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002740 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2741 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002742 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002743 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2744 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2745 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2746 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002747 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002748 case BuiltinType::Short:
2749 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002750 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002751 case BuiltinType::Int:
2752 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002753 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002754 case BuiltinType::Long:
2755 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002756 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002757 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2758 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002759 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002760 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2761 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2762 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002763 }
2764}
2765
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002766/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2767/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2768///
2769/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2770/// promotion occurs.
2771QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
2772 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2773 if (!Field)
2774 return QualType();
2775
2776 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2777
2778 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2779 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2780 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2781 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2782 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2783 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2784 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2785 return IntTy;
2786
2787 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2788 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2789
2790 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2791 // like the base type.
2792 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2793 // is ridiculous.
2794 return QualType();
2795}
2796
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002797/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2798/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2799/// integer type.
2800QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2801 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2802 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002803 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
2804 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002805 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2806 return IntTy;
2807 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2808 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2809 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2810 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2811}
2812
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002813/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002814/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002815/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002816int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002817 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2818 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002819 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002820
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002821 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2822 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002823
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002824 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2825 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002826
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002827 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2828 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2829 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2830 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002831
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002832 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2833 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2834 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2835 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2836 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002837
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002838 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2839 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002840 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002841 return -1;
2842 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002843
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002844 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2845 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2846 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002847
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002848 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2849 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002850 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002851 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002852}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002853
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002854static RecordDecl *
2855CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
2856 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
2857 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2858 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2859 else
2860 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2861}
2862
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002863// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002864QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2865 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002866 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002867 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2868 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002869 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002870
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002871 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002872
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002873 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002874 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002875 // int flags;
2876 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002877 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002878 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002879 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002880 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2881
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002882 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002883 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002884 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002885 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002886 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002887 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002888 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002889 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002890 }
2891
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00002892 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002893 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002894
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002895 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00002896}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00002897
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002898void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002899 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002900 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
2901 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2902}
2903
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002904QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002905 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002906 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002907 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2908 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002909 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002910
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002911 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2912 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002913 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002914 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
2915 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
2916 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
2917 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002918
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002919 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002920 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2921 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
2922 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002923 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002924 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002925 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002926 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002927 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002928
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00002929 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002930 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002931
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002932 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
2933}
2934
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002935QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
2936 if (BlockDescriptorType)
2937 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2938
2939 RecordDecl *T;
2940 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002941 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2942 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002943 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002944
2945 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2946 UnsignedLongTy,
2947 UnsignedLongTy,
2948 };
2949
2950 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2951 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002952 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002953 };
2954
2955 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
2956 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2957 T,
2958 SourceLocation(),
2959 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002960 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002961 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2962 /*Mutable=*/false);
2963 T->addDecl(Field);
2964 }
2965
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00002966 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002967
2968 BlockDescriptorType = T;
2969
2970 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2971}
2972
2973void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
2974 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2975 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2976 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
2977}
2978
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002979QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
2980 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
2981 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2982
2983 RecordDecl *T;
2984 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002985 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2986 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002987 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002988
2989 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2990 UnsignedLongTy,
2991 UnsignedLongTy,
2992 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2993 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
2994 };
2995
2996 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2997 "reserved",
2998 "Size",
2999 "CopyFuncPtr",
3000 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3001 };
3002
3003 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3004 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3005 T,
3006 SourceLocation(),
3007 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003008 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003009 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3010 /*Mutable=*/false);
3011 T->addDecl(Field);
3012 }
3013
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003014 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003015
3016 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3017
3018 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3019}
3020
3021void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3022 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3023 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3024 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3025}
3026
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003027bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3028 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3029 return true;
3030 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3031 return true;
3032 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3033 return true;
3034 return false;
3035}
3036
3037QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(const char *DeclName, QualType Ty) {
3038 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003039 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003040 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003041 // unsigned int __flags;
3042 // unsigned int __size;
Mike Stump38e16272009-10-21 22:01:24 +00003043 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3044 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003045 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003046 // } *
3047
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003048 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3049
3050 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003051 static unsigned int UniqueBlockByRefTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003052 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3053 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3054 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003055 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003056 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3057 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003058 T->startDefinition();
3059 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3060 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3061 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3062 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3063 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3064 Int32Ty,
3065 Int32Ty,
3066 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3067 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3068 Ty
3069 };
3070
3071 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3072 "__isa",
3073 "__forwarding",
3074 "__flags",
3075 "__size",
3076 "__copy_helper",
3077 "__destroy_helper",
3078 DeclName,
3079 };
3080
3081 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3082 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3083 continue;
3084 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3085 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003086 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003087 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3088 T->addDecl(Field);
3089 }
3090
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003091 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003092
3093 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003094}
3095
3096
3097QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003098 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003099 llvm::SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> &BlockDeclRefDecls) {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003100 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003101 static unsigned int UniqueBlockParmTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003102 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3103 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3104 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003105 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003106 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3107 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003108 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003109 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3110 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3111 IntTy,
3112 IntTy,
3113 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003114 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3115 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3116 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003117 };
3118
3119 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3120 "__isa",
3121 "__flags",
3122 "__reserved",
3123 "__FuncPtr",
3124 "__descriptor"
3125 };
3126
3127 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003128 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003129 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003130 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003131 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3132 T->addDecl(Field);
3133 }
3134
3135 for (size_t i = 0; i < BlockDeclRefDecls.size(); ++i) {
3136 const Expr *E = BlockDeclRefDecls[i];
3137 const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E);
3138 clang::IdentifierInfo *Name = 0;
3139 if (BDRE) {
3140 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3141 Name = &Idents.get(D->getName());
3142 }
3143 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3144
3145 if (BDRE && BDRE->isByRef())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003146 FieldType = BuildByRefType(BDRE->getDecl()->getNameAsCString(),
3147 FieldType);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003148
3149 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003150 Name, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003151 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003152 T->addDecl(Field);
3153 }
3154
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003155 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003156
3157 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003158}
3159
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003160void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003161 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003162 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3163 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3164}
3165
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003166// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3167// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003168static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003169 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003170 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3171 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003172
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003173 return false;
3174}
3175
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003176/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003177/// purpose.
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003178CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003179 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003180
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003181 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003182 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralType())
3183 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003184 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3185 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003186 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003187 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003188}
3189
3190static inline
3191std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3192 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003193}
3194
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003195/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003196/// declaration.
3197void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3198 std::string& S) {
3199 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3200 QualType BlockTy =
3201 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3202 // Encode result type.
3203 getObjCEncodingForType(cast<FunctionType>(BlockTy)->getResultType(), S);
3204 // Compute size of all parameters.
3205 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3206 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3207 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003208 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3209 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003210 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003211 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3212 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003213 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003214 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003215 ParmOffset += sz;
3216 }
3217 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003218 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003219 // Block pointer and offset.
3220 S += "@?0";
3221 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3222
3223 // Argument types.
3224 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3225 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3226 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3227 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3228 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3229 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3230 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3231 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3232 // elements.
3233 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3234 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3235 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3236 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3237 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003238 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003239 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003240 }
3241}
3242
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003243/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003244/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003245void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003246 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003247 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003248 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003249 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003250 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003251 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003252 // Compute size of all parameters.
3253 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3254 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3255 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003256 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003257 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3258 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003259 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003260 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003261 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003262 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003263 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003264 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3265 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003266 ParmOffset += sz;
3267 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003268 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003269 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003270 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003271
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003272 // Argument types.
3273 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003274 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003275 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003276 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003277 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003278 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003279 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3280 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3281 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003282 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003283 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3284 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3285 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003286 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003287 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003288 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003289 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003290 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003291 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003292 }
3293}
3294
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003295/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003296/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003297/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3298/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003299/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3300/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3301/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3302/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3303/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003304/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3305/// @code
3306/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3307/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3308/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3309/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3310/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3311/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3312/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3313/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3314/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3315/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3316/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3317/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3318/// };
3319/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003320void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003321 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003322 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003323 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3324 bool Dynamic = false;
3325 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3326
3327 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3328 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003329 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003330 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3331 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003332 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003333 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003334 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3335 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3336 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3337 Dynamic = true;
3338 } else {
3339 SynthesizePID = PID;
3340 }
3341 }
3342 }
3343 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003344 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003345 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003346 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003347 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003348 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3349 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3350 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3351 Dynamic = true;
3352 } else {
3353 SynthesizePID = PID;
3354 }
3355 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003356 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003357 }
3358 }
3359
3360 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3361 S = "T";
3362
3363 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003364 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3365 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003366 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003367 true /* outermost type */,
3368 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003369
3370 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3371 S += ",R";
3372 } else {
3373 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3374 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3375 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003376 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003377 }
3378 }
3379
3380 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3381 // are "dynamic by default".
3382 if (Dynamic)
3383 S += ",D";
3384
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003385 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3386 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003387
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003388 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3389 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003390 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003391 }
3392
3393 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3394 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003395 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003396 }
3397
3398 if (SynthesizePID) {
3399 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3400 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003401 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003402 }
3403
3404 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3405}
3406
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003407/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003408/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3409/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003410/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3411///
3412void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003413 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003414 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003415 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3416 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003417 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003418 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003419 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3420 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003421 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3422 }
3423 }
3424}
3425
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003426void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003427 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003428 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3429 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3430 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3431 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003432 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003433 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003434}
3435
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003436static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003437 const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003438 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3439 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3440 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Eli Friedman9a901bb2009-04-26 19:19:15 +00003441 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003442 S += 'b';
3443 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3444}
3445
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003446// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003447void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3448 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3449 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003450 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003451 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003452 bool EncodingProperty) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003453 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003454 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3455 return EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3456 char encoding;
3457 switch (BT->getKind()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003458 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003459 case BuiltinType::Void: encoding = 'v'; break;
3460 case BuiltinType::Bool: encoding = 'B'; break;
3461 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3462 case BuiltinType::UChar: encoding = 'C'; break;
3463 case BuiltinType::UShort: encoding = 'S'; break;
3464 case BuiltinType::UInt: encoding = 'I'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003465 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3466 encoding =
3467 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
Fariborz Jahanian72696e12009-02-11 22:31:45 +00003468 break;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003469 case BuiltinType::UInt128: encoding = 'T'; break;
3470 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: encoding = 'Q'; break;
3471 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3472 case BuiltinType::SChar: encoding = 'c'; break;
3473 case BuiltinType::Short: encoding = 's'; break;
3474 case BuiltinType::Int: encoding = 'i'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003475 case BuiltinType::Long:
3476 encoding =
3477 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003478 break;
3479 case BuiltinType::LongLong: encoding = 'q'; break;
3480 case BuiltinType::Int128: encoding = 't'; break;
3481 case BuiltinType::Float: encoding = 'f'; break;
3482 case BuiltinType::Double: encoding = 'd'; break;
3483 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: encoding = 'd'; break;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003484 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003485
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003486 S += encoding;
3487 return;
3488 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003489
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003490 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003491 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003492 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003493 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003494 return;
3495 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003496
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003497 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
3498 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003499 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003500 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3501 S += ':';
3502 return;
3503 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003504 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
3505 }
3506 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3507 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
3508 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003509 bool isReadOnly = false;
3510 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3511 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3512 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003513 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003514 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003515 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3516 isReadOnly = true;
3517 S += 'r';
3518 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003519 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003520 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003521 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3522 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003523 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3524 isReadOnly = true;
3525 S += 'r';
3526 }
3527 }
3528 if (isReadOnly) {
3529 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3530 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3531 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
3532 const char * s = S.c_str();
3533 int len = S.length();
3534 if (len >= 2 && s[len-2] == 'n' && s[len-1] == 'r') {
3535 std::string replace = "rn";
3536 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), replace);
3537 }
3538 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003539
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003540 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3541 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3542 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003543 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003544 S += '*';
3545 return;
3546 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003547 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003548 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3549 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3550 S += '#';
3551 return;
3552 }
3553 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3554 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3555 S += '@';
3556 return;
3557 }
3558 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003559 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003560 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003561 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3562
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003563 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003564 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003565 return;
3566 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003567
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003568 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3569 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3570 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003571 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3572 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3573 S += '^';
3574
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003575 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003576 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3577 } else {
3578 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003579
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003580 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3581 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3582 else {
3583 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3584 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3585 S += '0';
3586 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003587
3588 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003589 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3590 S += ']';
3591 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003592 return;
3593 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003594
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003595 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003596 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003597 return;
3598 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003599
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003600 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003601 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003602 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003603 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3604 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3605 S += II->getName();
3606 } else {
3607 S += '?';
3608 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003609 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003610 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003611 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3612 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003613 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003614 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003615 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003616 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003617 S += '"';
3618 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003619
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003620 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003621 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003622 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003623 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003624 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003625 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3626 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003627 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003628 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003629 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003630 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003631 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003632 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003633 return;
3634 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003635
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003636 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003637 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3638 EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3639 else
3640 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003641 return;
3642 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003643
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003644 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003645 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003646 return;
3647 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003648
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003649 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003650 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003651 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003652 S += '{';
3653 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3654 S += II->getName();
3655 S += '=';
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003656 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003657 CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields);
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003658 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003659 if (RecFields[i]->isBitField())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003660 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003661 RecFields[i]);
3662 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003663 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003664 FD);
3665 }
3666 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003667 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003668 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003669
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003670 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003671 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3672 S += '@';
3673 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003674 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003675
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003676 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3677 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3678 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3679 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003680 S += '#';
3681 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003682 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003683
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003684 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003685 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003686 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3687 ExpandStructures, FD);
3688 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3689 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3690 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003691 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003692 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3693 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003694 S += '<';
3695 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3696 S += '>';
3697 }
3698 S += '"';
3699 }
3700 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003701 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003702
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003703 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3704 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3705 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3706 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003707 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003708 // {...};
3709 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003710 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3711 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003712 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003713 return;
3714 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003715
3716 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003717 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003718 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003719 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003720 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3721 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003722 S += '<';
3723 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3724 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003725 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003726 S += '"';
3727 }
3728 return;
3729 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003730
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003731 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003732}
3733
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003734void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003735 std::string& S) const {
3736 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3737 S += 'n';
3738 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3739 S += 'N';
3740 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3741 S += 'o';
3742 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3743 S += 'O';
3744 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3745 S += 'R';
3746 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3747 S += 'V';
3748}
3749
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003750void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003751 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003752
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003753 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3754}
3755
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003756void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003757 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003758}
3759
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003760void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00003761 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003762}
3763
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003764void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003765 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003766}
3767
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003768void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003769 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003770}
3771
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003772void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003773 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003774 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003775
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003776 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003777}
3778
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003779/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
3780/// lookup.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003781TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
3782 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003783 unsigned size = End - Begin;
3784 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
3785
3786 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
3787 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
3788 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
3789
3790 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003791 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003792 NamedDecl *D = *I;
3793 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
3794 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
3795 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
3796 *Storage++ = D;
3797 }
3798
3799 return TemplateName(OT);
3800}
3801
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003802/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3803/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003804TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003805 bool TemplateKeyword,
3806 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003807 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003808 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3809 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3810
3811 void *InsertPos = 0;
3812 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3813 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3814 if (!QTN) {
3815 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3816 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3817 }
3818
3819 return TemplateName(QTN);
3820}
3821
3822/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3823/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003824TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003825 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003826 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00003827 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003828
3829 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3830 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
3831
3832 void *InsertPos = 0;
3833 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3834 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3835
3836 if (QTN)
3837 return TemplateName(QTN);
3838
3839 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3840 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3841 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
3842 } else {
3843 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
3844 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003845 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
3846 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3847 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
3848 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003849 }
3850
3851 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3852 return TemplateName(QTN);
3853}
3854
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003855/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3856/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
3857TemplateName
3858ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3859 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
3860 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3861 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
3862
3863 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3864 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
3865
3866 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003867 DependentTemplateName *QTN
3868 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003869
3870 if (QTN)
3871 return TemplateName(QTN);
3872
3873 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3874 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3875 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
3876 } else {
3877 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
3878 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003879
3880 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
3881 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3882 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
3883 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003884 }
3885
3886 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3887 return TemplateName(QTN);
3888}
3889
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003890/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00003891/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
3892/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003893CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003894 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003895 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003896 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
3897 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
3898 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
3899 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
3900 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
3901 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
3902 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
3903 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
3904 }
3905
3906 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003907 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003908}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00003909
3910//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3911// Type Predicates.
3912//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3913
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003914/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
3915/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
3916/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003917/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003918///
3919bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
3920 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
3921 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003922 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003923 return true;
3924 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003925 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003926}
3927
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003928/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
3929/// garbage collection attribute.
3930///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003931Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
3932 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003933 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3934 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003935 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003936 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003937 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003938 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003939 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00003940 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003941 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003942 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003943 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003944 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00003945 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
3946 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003947 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003948 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003949 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003950 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003951}
3952
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003953//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3954// Type Compatibility Testing
3955//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00003956
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003957/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003958/// compatible.
3959static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
3960 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003961 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003962 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003963 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003964}
3965
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003966//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3967// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
3968//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3969
3970/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
3971/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003972bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
3973 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003974 if (lProto == rProto)
3975 return true;
3976 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
3977 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
3978 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
3979 return true;
3980 return false;
3981}
3982
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003983/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
3984/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
3985/// otherwise.
3986bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
3987 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3988 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
3989 return false;
3990}
3991
3992/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
3993/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
3994bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
3995 bool compare) {
3996 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003997 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003998 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
3999 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004000 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004001 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4002 return true;
4003
4004 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004005 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004006
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004007 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004008
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004009 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004010 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004011 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4012 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4013 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4014 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4015 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4016 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4017 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004018 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004019 return false;
4020 }
4021 }
4022 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4023 return true;
4024 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004025 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004026 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4027 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4028 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4029 bool match = false;
4030
4031 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4032 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4033 // through its super class and categories.
4034 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4035 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4036 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4037 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4038 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4039 match = true;
4040 break;
4041 }
4042 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004043 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004044 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4045 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4046 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4047 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4048 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4049 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4050 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004051 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004052 match = true;
4053 break;
4054 }
4055 }
4056 }
4057 if (!match)
4058 return false;
4059 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004060
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004061 return true;
4062 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004063
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004064 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4065 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4066
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004067 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004068 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
4069 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
4070 bool match = false;
4071 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4072 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4073 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4074 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4075 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4076 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004077 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004078 match = true;
4079 break;
4080 }
4081 }
4082 if (!match)
4083 return false;
4084 }
4085 return true;
4086 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004087 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004088 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4089 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4090 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4091 bool match = false;
4092
4093 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4094 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4095 // through its super class and categories.
4096 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4097 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4098 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4099 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4100 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4101 match = true;
4102 break;
4103 }
4104 }
4105 if (!match)
4106 return false;
4107 }
4108 return true;
4109 }
4110 return false;
4111}
4112
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004113/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004114/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4115/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4116///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004117bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4118 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004119 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
4120 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004121 return true;
4122
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004123 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004124 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4125 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004126 false);
4127
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004128 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4129 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004130 if (LHS && RHS) // We have 2 user-defined types.
4131 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004132
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004133 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004134}
4135
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004136/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4137/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4138/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4139/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4140/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4141bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4142 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4143 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004144 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004145 return true;
4146
4147 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4148 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4149 }
4150
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004151 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004152 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4153 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4154 false);
4155
4156 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4157 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4158 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4159 if (LHS != RHS) {
4160 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4161 return false;
4162 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4163 return true;
4164 }
4165 else
4166 return true;
4167 }
4168 return false;
4169}
4170
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004171/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4172/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4173/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4174/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4175static
4176void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4177 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4178 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4179 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4180
4181 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4182 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4183
4184 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4185 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4186 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4187 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4188 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004189 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4190 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getDecl(), LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004191 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4192 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4193 }
4194
4195 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4196 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
4197 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = (ObjCProtocolDecl **)RHS->qual_begin();
4198 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4199 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4200 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4201 }
4202 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004203 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004204 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getDecl(), RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004205 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4206 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4207 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4208 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4209 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004210 }
4211}
4212
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004213/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4214/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4215/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4216/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4217QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
4218 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4219 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
4220 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4221 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4222 if (!LHS || !RHS)
4223 return QualType();
4224
4225 while (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSIDecl = LHS->getDecl()->getSuperClass()) {
4226 QualType LHSTy = getObjCInterfaceType(LHSIDecl);
4227 LHS = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004228 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
4229 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> IntersectionOfProtocols;
4230 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this,
4231 LHSOPT, RHSOPT, IntersectionOfProtocols);
4232 if (IntersectionOfProtocols.empty())
4233 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy);
4234 else
4235 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy, &IntersectionOfProtocols[0],
4236 IntersectionOfProtocols.size());
4237 return LHSTy;
4238 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004239 }
4240
4241 return QualType();
4242}
4243
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004244bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCInterfaceType *LHS,
4245 const ObjCInterfaceType *RHS) {
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004246 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4247 // the LHS.
4248 if (!LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4249 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004250
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004251 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4252 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004253 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004254 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004255
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004256 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4257 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004258 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004259 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004260
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004261 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4262 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004263 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4264 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4265
4266 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4267 // are incompatible.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004268 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004269 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004270 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4271 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004272 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004273 break;
4274 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004275 }
4276 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4277 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4278 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004279 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004280 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4281 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004282}
4283
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004284bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4285 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004286 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4287 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004288
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004289 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004290 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004291
4292 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4293 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004294}
4295
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004296/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004297/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004298/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004299/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004300bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004301 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4302 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4303
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004304 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS).isNull();
4305}
4306
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004307bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4308 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4309}
4310
4311QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4312 bool OfBlockPointer) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004313 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4314 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004315 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4316 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004317 bool allLTypes = true;
4318 bool allRTypes = true;
4319
4320 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004321 QualType retType;
4322 if (OfBlockPointer)
4323 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true);
4324 else
4325 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType());
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004326 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian6de8b622010-02-10 00:32:12 +00004327 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004328 allLTypes = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6de8b622010-02-10 00:32:12 +00004329 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004330 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00004331 // FIXME: double check this
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004332 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4333 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4334 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004335 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
4336 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004337 unsigned RegParm = lbaseInfo.getRegParm() == 0 ? rbaseInfo.getRegParm() :
4338 lbaseInfo.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004339 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004340 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4341 RegParm != lbaseInfo.getRegParm())
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004342 allLTypes = false;
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004343 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4344 RegParm != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004345 allRTypes = false;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004346 CallingConv lcc = lbaseInfo.getCC();
4347 CallingConv rcc = rbaseInfo.getCC();
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004348 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00004349 if (!isSameCallConv(lcc, rcc))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004350 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004351
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004352 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004353 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4354 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004355 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4356 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4357
4358 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4359 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4360 return QualType();
4361
4362 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4363 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4364 return QualType();
4365
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004366 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4367 return QualType();
4368
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004369 // Check argument compatibility
4370 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4371 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4372 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4373 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004374 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype, OfBlockPointer);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004375 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
4376 types.push_back(argtype);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004377 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4378 allLTypes = false;
4379 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4380 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004381 }
4382 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4383 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4384 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004385 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004386 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004387 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004388 }
4389
4390 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4391 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4392
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004393 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004394 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004395 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004396 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4397 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4398 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4399 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4400 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4401 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4402 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4403 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4404 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004405
4406 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4407 // to pass enum values.
4408 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4409 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4410
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004411 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4412 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4413 return QualType();
4414 }
4415
4416 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4417 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4418 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump2d3c1912009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004419 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004420 proto->getTypeQuals(),
4421 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004422 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004423 }
4424
4425 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4426 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004427 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004428 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, Info);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004429}
4430
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004431QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4432 bool OfBlockPointer) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004433 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4434 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4435 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004436 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4437 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004438 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4439 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
4440
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004441 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4442 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4443
4444 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4445 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4446 return LHS;
4447
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004448 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004449 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4450 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004451 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4452 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4453 // mismatch.
4454 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4455 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4456 return QualType();
4457
4458 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4459 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4460 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4461 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4462 // qualified __strong.
4463 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4464 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4465 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4466
4467 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4468 return QualType();
4469
4470 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4471 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4472 }
4473 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4474 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4475 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004476 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004477 }
4478
4479 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004480
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004481 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4482 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004483
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004484 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4485 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4486 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4487 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004488
4489 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004490 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4491 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4492 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4493 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004494
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004495 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4496 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4497 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004498
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004499 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004500 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004501 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004502 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004503 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4504 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004505 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004506 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4507 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004508 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004509 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004510 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4511 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004512 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004513
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004514 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004515 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004516
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004517 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004518 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004519#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4520#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00004521#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004522#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4523#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4524#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4525 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4526 return QualType();
4527
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004528 case Type::LValueReference:
4529 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004530 case Type::MemberPointer:
4531 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4532 return QualType();
4533
4534 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4535 case Type::VariableArray:
4536 case Type::FunctionProto:
4537 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004538 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4539 return QualType();
4540
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004541 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004542 {
4543 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004544 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4545 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004546 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4547 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004548 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004549 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004550 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004551 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004552 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4553 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004554 case Type::BlockPointer:
4555 {
4556 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004557 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4558 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004559 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004560 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4561 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4562 return LHS;
4563 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4564 return RHS;
4565 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4566 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004567 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004568 {
4569 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4570 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4571 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4572 return QualType();
4573
4574 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4575 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
4576 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem);
4577 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004578 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4579 return LHS;
4580 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4581 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004582 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4583 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4584 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4585 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004586 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4587 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004588 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4589 return LHS;
4590 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4591 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004592 if (LVAT) {
4593 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4594 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4595 // has to be different.
4596 return LHS;
4597 }
4598 if (RVAT) {
4599 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4600 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4601 // has to be different.
4602 return RHS;
4603 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004604 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4605 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004606 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4607 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004608 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004609 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004610 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004611 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004612 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004613 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004614 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004615 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004616 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004617 case Type::Complex:
4618 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4619 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004620 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004621 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00004622 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
4623 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004624 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004625 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004626 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004627 // Check if the interfaces are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004628 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4629 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004630 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
4631 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004632 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
4633 canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
4634 return LHS;
4635
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004636 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004637 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004638 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004639 if (OfBlockPointer) {
4640 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4641 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4642 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
4643 return LHS;
4644 return QualType();
4645 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004646 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4647 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004648 return LHS;
4649
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004650 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004651 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004652 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004653
4654 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004655}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004656
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00004657//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004658// Integer Predicates
4659//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00004660
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004661unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl632d7722009-11-05 21:10:57 +00004662 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004663 return 1;
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004664 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00004665 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004666 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004667 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
4668}
4669
4670QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
4671 assert(T->isSignedIntegerType() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004672
4673 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
4674 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
4675 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00004676 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->isAltiVec(), VTy->isPixel());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004677
4678 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
4679 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004680 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004681
4682 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
4683 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004684 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
4685 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4686 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4687 return UnsignedCharTy;
4688 case BuiltinType::Short:
4689 return UnsignedShortTy;
4690 case BuiltinType::Int:
4691 return UnsignedIntTy;
4692 case BuiltinType::Long:
4693 return UnsignedLongTy;
4694 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4695 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004696 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4697 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004698 default:
4699 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
4700 return QualType();
4701 }
4702}
4703
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00004704ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
4705
4706void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004707
4708
4709//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4710// Builtin Type Computation
4711//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4712
4713/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
4714/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004715static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004716 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
4717 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
4718 // Modifiers.
4719 int HowLong = 0;
4720 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004721
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004722 // Read the modifiers first.
4723 bool Done = false;
4724 while (!Done) {
4725 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004726 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004727 case 'S':
4728 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4729 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4730 Signed = true;
4731 break;
4732 case 'U':
4733 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4734 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4735 Unsigned = true;
4736 break;
4737 case 'L':
4738 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
4739 ++HowLong;
4740 break;
4741 }
4742 }
4743
4744 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004745
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004746 // Read the base type.
4747 switch (*Str++) {
4748 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
4749 case 'v':
4750 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4751 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
4752 Type = Context.VoidTy;
4753 break;
4754 case 'f':
4755 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4756 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
4757 Type = Context.FloatTy;
4758 break;
4759 case 'd':
4760 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4761 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
4762 if (HowLong)
4763 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
4764 else
4765 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
4766 break;
4767 case 's':
4768 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
4769 if (Unsigned)
4770 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
4771 else
4772 Type = Context.ShortTy;
4773 break;
4774 case 'i':
4775 if (HowLong == 3)
4776 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
4777 else if (HowLong == 2)
4778 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
4779 else if (HowLong == 1)
4780 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
4781 else
4782 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
4783 break;
4784 case 'c':
4785 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
4786 if (Signed)
4787 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
4788 else if (Unsigned)
4789 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
4790 else
4791 Type = Context.CharTy;
4792 break;
4793 case 'b': // boolean
4794 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
4795 Type = Context.BoolTy;
4796 break;
4797 case 'z': // size_t.
4798 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
4799 Type = Context.getSizeType();
4800 break;
4801 case 'F':
4802 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
4803 break;
4804 case 'a':
4805 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4806 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4807 break;
4808 case 'A':
4809 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
4810 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
4811 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
4812 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
4813 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
4814 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
4815 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
4816 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
4817 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4818 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4819 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
4820 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
4821 } else {
4822 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4823 }
4824 break;
4825 case 'V': {
4826 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004827 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4828 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004829
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004830 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004831
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004832 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00004833 // FIXME: Don't know what to do about AltiVec.
4834 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, false, false);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004835 break;
4836 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00004837 case 'X': {
4838 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4839 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
4840 break;
4841 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004842 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00004843 Type = Context.getFILEType();
4844 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004845 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004846 return QualType();
4847 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004848 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004849 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004850 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004851 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004852 else
4853 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
4854
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004855 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004856 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004857 return QualType();
4858 }
4859 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004860 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004861
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004862 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
4863 return Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004864
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004865 Done = false;
4866 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00004867 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004868 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
4869 case '*':
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004870 case '&':
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00004871 {
4872 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
4873 // qualified with an address space.
4874 char *End;
4875 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4876 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
4877 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
4878 Str = End;
4879 }
4880 }
4881 if (c == '*')
4882 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
4883 else
4884 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004885 break;
4886 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
4887 case 'C':
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004888 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004889 break;
Fariborz Jahanian013af392010-01-26 22:48:42 +00004890 case 'D':
4891 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
4892 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004893 }
4894 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004895
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004896 return Type;
4897}
4898
4899/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
4900QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
4901 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
4902 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004903
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004904 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004905
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004906 Error = GE_None;
4907 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4908 if (Error != GE_None)
4909 return QualType();
4910 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
4911 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4912 if (Error != GE_None)
4913 return QualType();
4914
4915 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
4916 if (Ty->isArrayType())
4917 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004918
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004919 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
4920 }
4921
4922 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
4923 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
4924
4925 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
4926 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
4927 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00004928
4929 // FIXME: Should we create noreturn types?
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004930 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00004931 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004932 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004933}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004934
4935QualType
4936ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4937 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
4938 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
4939 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
4940 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
4941 // equivalent.
4942 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4943 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
4944 else
4945 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4946 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4947 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
4948 else
4949 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4950
4951 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
4952 if (lhs == rhs)
4953 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004954
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004955 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
4956 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
4957 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
4958 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004959
4960 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
4961
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004962 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
4963 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
4964 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004965 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004966 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4967 return lhs;
4968 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004969 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004970 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4971 return rhs;
4972 }
4973 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004974 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
4975 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
4976 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
4977 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004978 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004979 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004980 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004981 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004982 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
4983 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004984
4985 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004986 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004987 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004988 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004989 }
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004990 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
4991 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
4992 // does not require this promotion.
4993 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
4994 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
4995 return rhs;
4996 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
4997 return lhs;
4998 }
4999 }
5000 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
5001 }
5002 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
5003 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
5004 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
5005 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5006 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
5007 return lhs;
5008 }
5009 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5010 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
5011 return getComplexType(lhs);
5012 }
5013 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5014 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
5015 return rhs;
5016 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005017 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005018 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
5019 return getComplexType(rhs);
5020 }
5021 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
5022 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
5023 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
5024 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
5025 return lhs;
5026 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
5027 return rhs; // convert the lhs
5028 }
5029 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5030 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
5031 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5032 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5033
5034 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005035 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005036 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
5037 return lhs; // convert the rhs
5038 return rhs;
5039 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5040 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5041 return lhs;
5042 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5043 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5044 return rhs;
5045 }
5046 }
5047 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
5048 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
5049 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
5050 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
5051 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
5052 QualType destType;
5053 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
5054 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
5055 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
5056 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
5057 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
5058 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
5059 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
5060 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
5061 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
5062 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
5063 // use the signed type.
5064 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
5065 } else {
5066 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
5067 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
5068 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
5069 // to the signed type.
5070 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
5071 }
5072 return destType;
5073}